Login
Older Student
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982521860193,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-1-9781470612580","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688699748449,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612580","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":650,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612580"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1575018794"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894731890785,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390146580577,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575"},"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982514749537,"title":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613204","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688636047457,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613204","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613204"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390133506145,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982521860193,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-1-9781470612580","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688699748449,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612580","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":650,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612580"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1575018794"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894731890785,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390146580577,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575"},"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982514749537,"title":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613204","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688636047457,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613204","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613204"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390133506145,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982521860193,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-1-9781470612580","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688699748449,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612580","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":650,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612580"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1575018794"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894731890785,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390146580577,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575"},"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982514749537,"title":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613204","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688636047457,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613204","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613204"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390133506145,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982521860193,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-1-9781470612580","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688699748449,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612580","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":650,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612580"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1575018794"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894731890785,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390146580577,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575"},"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982511636577,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-2-9781470613228","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Older Student","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688609046625,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613228","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":1200,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613228"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390127214689,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"width":1000,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572","width":1000}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409935659105,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-repertoire-technique-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464747532385,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613419","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613419"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962138189921,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"},"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409946374241,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-sight-reading-theory-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1295,"price_min":1295,"price_max":1295,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1295,"compare_at_price_min":1295,"compare_at_price_max":1295,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464799436897,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613426","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1295,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1295,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613426"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962191044705,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409906364513,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2450,"price_min":2450,"price_max":2450,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2450,"compare_at_price_min":2450,"compare_at_price_max":2450,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464615182433,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613433","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2450,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":2450,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613433"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5961993486433,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982511636577,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-2-9781470613228","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Older Student","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688609046625,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613228","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":1200,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613228"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390127214689,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"width":1000,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572","width":1000}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409935659105,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-repertoire-technique-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464747532385,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613419","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613419"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962138189921,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"},"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409946374241,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-sight-reading-theory-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1295,"price_min":1295,"price_max":1295,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1295,"compare_at_price_min":1295,"compare_at_price_max":1295,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464799436897,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613426","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1295,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1295,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613426"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962191044705,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409906364513,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2450,"price_min":2450,"price_max":2450,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2450,"compare_at_price_min":2450,"compare_at_price_max":2450,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464615182433,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613433","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2450,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":2450,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613433"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5961993486433,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982521860193,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-1-9781470612580","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688699748449,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612580","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":650,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612580"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1575018794"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894731890785,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390146580577,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575"},"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982514749537,"title":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613204","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688636047457,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613204","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613204"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390133506145,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982511636577,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-2-9781470613228","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Older Student","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688609046625,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613228","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":1200,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613228"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390127214689,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"width":1000,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572","width":1000}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409935659105,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-repertoire-technique-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464747532385,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613419","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613419"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962138189921,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"},"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409946374241,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-sight-reading-theory-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1295,"price_min":1295,"price_max":1295,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1295,"compare_at_price_min":1295,"compare_at_price_max":1295,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464799436897,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613426","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1295,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1295,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613426"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962191044705,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409906364513,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2450,"price_min":2450,"price_max":2450,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2450,"compare_at_price_min":2450,"compare_at_price_max":2450,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464615182433,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613433","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2450,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":2450,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613433"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5961993486433,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982521860193,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-1-9781470612580","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688699748449,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612580","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":650,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612580"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1575018794"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894731890785,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390146580577,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575"},"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982514749537,"title":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613204","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688636047457,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613204","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613204"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390133506145,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982511636577,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-2-9781470613228","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Older Student","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688609046625,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613228","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":1200,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613228"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390127214689,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"width":1000,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572","width":1000}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409935659105,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-repertoire-technique-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464747532385,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613419","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613419"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962138189921,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"},"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409946374241,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-sight-reading-theory-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1295,"price_min":1295,"price_max":1295,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1295,"compare_at_price_min":1295,"compare_at_price_max":1295,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464799436897,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613426","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1295,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1295,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613426"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962191044705,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409906364513,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2450,"price_min":2450,"price_max":2450,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2450,"compare_at_price_min":2450,"compare_at_price_max":2450,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464615182433,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613433","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2450,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":2450,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613433"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5961993486433,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982511636577,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-2-9781470613228","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Older Student","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688609046625,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613228","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":1200,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613228"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390127214689,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"width":1000,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572","width":1000}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982521860193,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-1-9781470612580","description":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:42:38+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688699748449,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612580","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 1 9781470612580","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":650,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612580"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1575018794"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894731890785,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/c7d8fe4b-10e8-47c3-bfe2-9db965a09318.jpg?v=1575018794","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390146580577,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575"},"aspect_ratio":1.33,"height":451,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older.png?v=1569351575","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch1\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by 'The Curious Piano Teachers' community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe series comprises of 3 levels, plus the new 'older student' range, with: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA carefully sequenced, intervallic approach for learning to read music notation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePatterned pieces taught by rote that provide engaging music for students from the first lesson\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAnimal themed Technique Exercises that teach the basic motions of piano technique\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eImprovisation ideas for developing creativity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eA holistic approach combining ears, eyes, and imagination that allows children to become musically literate at the piano\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAccompanying Sight Reading and Rhythm Cards\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSupplementary Technical Exercises and Rote Pieces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Piano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe materials that make up the older student pack Pack are designed to enhance each other. Students will make optimal progress when all the components are used\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003ePRODUCT DESCRIPTION\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Older Student Pack Contains:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eAudio Tracks Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003eContains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented. Product Information: Spiral Binding. 101 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-tabs wc-tabs-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"tab-description\" class=\"woocommerce-Tabs-panel woocommerce-Tabs-panel--description panel entry-content wc-tab\" role=\"tabpanel\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"page\" title=\"Page 1\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 80;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eCorresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills. Product Information: 64 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"up-sells upsells products\"\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eEach subject is explained in a simple, east to read manner and thoughtfully illustrated. Animal themes are used throughout the series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari also comes with Audio Tracks that can be downloaded using a code that comes with the books.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982514749537,"title":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613204","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688636047457,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613204","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613204"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390133506145,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982511636577,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-2-9781470613228","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:27:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Older Student","PS Older Student"],"price":2250,"price_min":2250,"price_max":2250,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2250,"compare_at_price_min":2250,"compare_at_price_max":2250,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688609046625,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613228","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 2 9781470613228","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2250,"weight":1200,"compare_at_price":2250,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613228"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1565429222","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390127214689,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"width":1000,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":1000,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-2.jpg?v=1569351572","width":1000}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 2 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. To view sample pages, please visit the individual product pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003e Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals 2nds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409935659105,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-repertoire-technique-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:03:18+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464747532385,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613419","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 1470613417","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613419"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962138189921,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979"},"aspect_ratio":0.755,"height":662,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Reptech.jpg?v=1575500979","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/span\u003e Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe third level of Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in the first two levels. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of repertoire and standard technical patterns.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student\u003ci\u003e Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eoriginal series\u003c\/a\u003e. Technical exercises include two octave scales, chord inversions, chord progressions with accompaniment patterns, and special exercises. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613417\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613419\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409946374241,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-sight-reading-theory-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1295,"price_min":1295,"price_max":1295,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1295,"compare_at_price_min":1295,"compare_at_price_max":1295,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464799436897,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613426","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1295,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1295,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613426"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962191044705,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409906364513,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-pack-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T22:42:30+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student"],"price":2450,"price_min":2450,"price_max":2450,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":2450,"compare_at_price_min":2450,"compare_at_price_max":2450,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464615182433,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613433","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT PACK LEVEL 3 1470613433","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":2450,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":2450,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613433"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5961993486433,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":500,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_pack.jpg?v=1575499474","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student Pack Level 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAbout this pack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e contains newly composed pieces, standard classical repertoire, and selections from the original series.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613433\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506623073,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-theory-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612573","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:15+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Sight Reading","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1095,"price_min":1095,"price_max":1095,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1095,"compare_at_price_min":1095,"compare_at_price_max":1095,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566153313,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612573","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 9781470612573","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1095,"weight":245,"compare_at_price":1095,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612573"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1565428755","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390118563937,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.768,"height":781,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Older-Student-Theory.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePIANO SAFARI, SIGHT READING \u0026amp; THEORY FOR THE OLDER STUDENT 1\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory corresponds with Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique (also in the Piano Safari ‘Older Student’ selection) but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students developing analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN: 9781470612573\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan color=\"#000000\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"caret-color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Code: \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e1470612577\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":4409946374241,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","handle":"piano-safari-older-student-sight-reading-theory-level-3","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e","published_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","created_at":"2019-12-04T23:11:13+00:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Music Book","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","PS Theory"],"price":1295,"price_min":1295,"price_max":1295,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1295,"compare_at_price_min":1295,"compare_at_price_max":1295,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":31464799436897,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613426","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT LEVEL 3 SIGHT READING \u0026 THEORY 1470613425","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1295,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1295,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613426"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5962191044705,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Piano_Safari_Older_Student_3_Sightreading.jpg?v=1575501451","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiano Safari Older Student \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLevel 3 \u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBook 3 builds on the foundation established in the second level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading. This book pairs with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-techn%E2%80%A6r-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 3 corresponds with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/pianosafari.com\/product\/repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-book-3\/\" style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 3\u003c\/a\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eISBN-10: \u003c\/span\u003e1470613425\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eISBN-13: 9781470613426\u003c\/h4\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982514749537,"title":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613204","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688636047457,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613204","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613204"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390133506145,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982506655841,"title":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470612566","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:19:20+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Book","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688566186081,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470612566","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"PIANO SAFARI OLDER STUDENT 1 REPERTOIRE \u0026 TECHNIQUE 9781470612566","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":400,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470612566"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1575018633"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":5894707576929,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"width":400,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633"},"aspect_ratio":1.0,"height":400,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/10086452-1436-4308-8024-84e6a8cba1f0.jpg?v=1575018633","width":400},{"alt":null,"id":2390118596705,"position":2,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"width":600,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570"},"aspect_ratio":0.753,"height":797,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Technique-Older.png?v=1569351570","width":600}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePiano Safari for the Older Student employs the same exemplary pedagogy used in the highly regarded series for children but has been strategically modified to include more sophisticated themes. It moves at an accelerated pace and is recommended for students age ten through adult. For more information, view sample pages below.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside favorites from the series for children. There is a brief period of pre-staff notation followed with reading by interval on the staff. Rote Pieces are included to enhance aural skills, technique, pattern recognition, and motivation. Foundational techniques such as arm weight, fast repeated notes, slurs, rotation, non legato, and legato are presented.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e101 pages with spiral binding. Online audio Track access included. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe Piano Safari series of Piano Method books and resources by Katherine Fisher and Julie Kerr is a modern approach to teaching the piano that is recommended by ‘The Curious Piano Teachers’ community. It has been widely acclaimed by piano teachers and is now the preferred choice of many leading professionals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470612566\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982514749537,"title":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","handle":"piano-safari-repertoire-technique-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613204","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T10:32:02+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Older Student","Piano Safari","PS Older Student","Repertoire","Technique"],"price":1650,"price_min":1650,"price_max":1650,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1650,"compare_at_price_min":1650,"compare_at_price_max":1650,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688636047457,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613204","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student Level 2","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1650,"weight":900,"compare_at_price":1650,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613204"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1565429522","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390133506145,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573"},"aspect_ratio":0.754,"height":663,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/Rep-Tech-OS2.jpg?v=1569351573","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003ePiano Safari, Repertoire \u0026amp; Technique for the Older Student, Level 2, Katherine Fisher, Julie Knerr, 9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eThe second level of Repertoire and Technique for the Older Student builds on the foundation established in Level 1. Students continue to increase their technique and musicianship skills through the study of Reading, Rote, and Challenge Pieces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e\u003cem class=\"\"\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique\u003c\/em\u003e \u003cem\u003eBook\u003c\/em\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003e 2\u003c\/i\u003e contains newly composed pieces alongside selections from the original series. Reading Pieces contain intervals seconds through octaves. Rote and Challenge Pieces build playing skill to higher levels through the introduction of new and more advanced concepts. Standard technical patterns in all major and minor keys are introduced. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral Binding. 108 Pages. Audio Tracks included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e9781470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: 00;\"\u003e1470613204\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}
-
{"id":3982534541409,"title":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","handle":"piano-safari-sight-reading-and-theory-for-the-older-student-level-2-katherine-fisher-julie-knerr-9781470613211","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","published_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","created_at":"2019-08-10T11:01:33+01:00","vendor":"Blackrock Music UK","type":"","tags":["Curious Piano Teachers","Julie Knerr","Katherine Fisher","Music Theory","Older Beginner","Older Student","Piano Safari","Piano Safari Theory","PS Older Student","PS Theory","Theory"],"price":1195,"price_min":1195,"price_max":1195,"available":true,"price_varies":false,"compare_at_price":1195,"compare_at_price_min":1195,"compare_at_price_max":1195,"compare_at_price_varies":false,"variants":[{"id":29688737136737,"title":"Default Title","option1":"Default Title","option2":null,"option3":null,"sku":"9781470613211","requires_shipping":true,"taxable":false,"featured_image":null,"available":true,"name":"Piano Safari for the Older Student Level 2 Sight Reading and Theory","public_title":null,"options":["Default Title"],"price":1195,"weight":300,"compare_at_price":1195,"inventory_management":"shopify","barcode":"9781470613211"}],"images":["\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294"],"featured_image":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1565431294","options":["Title"],"media":[{"alt":null,"id":2390171549793,"position":1,"preview_image":{"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"width":500,"src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579"},"aspect_ratio":0.749,"height":668,"media_type":"image","src":"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0252\/9899\/3249\/products\/SR-Theory-OS2.jpg?v=1569351579","width":500}],"content":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"layoutArea\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"column\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e builds on the foundation established in the first level. Students continue to increase their musicianship skills through the study of theory and sight reading\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e\u003ci class=\"\"\u003eSight Reading \u0026amp; Theory Book 2\u003c\/i\u003e corresponds with \u003cem\u003eRepertoire \u0026amp; Technique Book 2\u003c\/em\u003e but may also stand alone as a sight reading supplement. Theory concepts in each unit are followed by melodies and rhythms that provide substantial practice with reading notation. Analysis suggestions are provided for each example to aid students in the development of analytical skills.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003eProduct Information: Spiral bound. 76 Pages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e9781470613211\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #000000;\"\u003e1470613212\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e"}